1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 59 60 /** 61 * DOC: Station handling 62 * 63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 67 * to. 68 * 69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 70 * capabilities. 71 * 72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 78 * time mark it authorized. 79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 82 * 83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 84 */ 85 86 /** 87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 88 * 89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 93 * for various reasons. 94 * 95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 101 * for doing that. 102 * 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 106 * 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 113 * 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 118 * 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 120 * below. 121 */ 122 123 /** 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 125 * 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 130 * 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 133 * types there no concurrency is implied. 134 * 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 142 * 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 151 * 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 153 * interfaces that a given device supports. 154 */ 155 156 /** 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support 158 * 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 162 * and power consumption. 163 * 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 167 * following events occur. 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 172 * 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 174 * rule. 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 178 * Multiple such rules can be created. 179 */ 180 181 /** 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 183 * 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no 189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 191 * 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to 195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this 197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is 198 * not present. 199 * 200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers 201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no 205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 207 * 208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 211 */ 212 213 /** 214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 215 * 216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 231 * 232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 234 * up a connection or after roaming. 235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 241 * 242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 249 */ 250 251 /** 252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 253 * 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station 256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by 257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode. 258 * 259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in 260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode 261 * respectively. 262 */ 263 264 /** 265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs 266 * 267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a 269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs 270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet 271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are 272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through 273 * that main netdev. 274 * 275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and 276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using 277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. 278 */ 279 280 /** 281 * DOC: TID configuration 282 * 283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG 284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. 285 * 286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in 287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the 288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. 289 * 290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC 291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the 292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except 293 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if 294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values 295 * will be overwritten. 296 * 297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection 298 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back 299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when 300 * the interface goes down. 301 */ 302 303 /** 304 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 305 * 306 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 307 * 308 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 309 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 310 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 311 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 312 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 313 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the 314 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel), 315 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 316 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or 317 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel, 318 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward 319 * compatibility only. 320 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 321 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 322 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 323 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 324 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 325 * 326 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 327 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 328 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 329 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 330 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 331 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 332 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 333 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 334 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 335 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 336 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 337 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 338 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 339 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 340 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 341 * 342 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 343 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 344 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 345 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 346 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 347 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 348 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. 349 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 350 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 351 * 352 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 354 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 355 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 356 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 357 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 358 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 359 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 360 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 361 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 362 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 363 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 364 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 365 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 366 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 367 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 368 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the 369 * attributes determining channel width. 370 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 371 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 372 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 373 * 374 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 375 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 376 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 377 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 378 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 379 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 381 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 382 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 383 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 384 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 385 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 386 * frame). 387 * 388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 389 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 390 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 391 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 392 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 393 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 394 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 396 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 397 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 398 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 399 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 400 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 401 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 402 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 403 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 404 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 405 * 406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 407 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 408 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 409 * global regdomain will be returned. 410 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 411 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 412 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 413 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 414 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 415 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 416 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 417 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 418 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 419 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 420 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 421 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 422 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 423 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 424 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 425 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 426 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 427 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 428 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 429 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 430 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 431 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 432 * 433 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 434 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 435 * 436 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 437 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 438 * 439 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 440 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 441 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 442 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 443 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 444 * added to all specified management frames generated by 445 * kernel/firmware/driver. 446 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 447 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 448 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 449 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 450 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 451 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 452 * 453 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 454 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 455 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 456 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 457 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 458 * be used. 459 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 460 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 461 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 462 * partial scan results may be available 463 * 464 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 465 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 466 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 467 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 468 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 469 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 470 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 471 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 472 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 473 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 474 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 475 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 476 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 477 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 478 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 479 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 480 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 481 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 482 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 483 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 484 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 485 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 486 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 487 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 488 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 489 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 490 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 491 * results available. 492 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 493 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 494 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 495 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 496 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 497 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 498 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 499 * 500 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 501 * or noise level 502 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 503 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 504 * 505 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 506 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 507 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 508 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 509 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 510 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 511 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 512 * ESS. 513 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 514 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 515 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 516 * authentication. 517 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 518 * 519 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 520 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 521 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 522 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 523 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 524 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 525 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 526 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 527 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 528 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 529 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 530 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 531 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 532 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 533 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 534 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 535 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 536 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 537 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 538 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 539 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 540 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 541 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 542 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 543 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 544 * the beacon hint was processed. 545 * 546 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 547 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 548 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 549 * authentication process. 550 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 551 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 552 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 553 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 554 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ + 555 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the 556 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the 557 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs 558 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added 559 * to the frame. 560 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 561 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 562 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 563 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 564 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 565 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 566 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 567 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 568 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 569 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 570 * pending authentication timed out). 571 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 572 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 573 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 574 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 575 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 576 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 577 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 578 * included). 579 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 580 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 581 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 582 * primitives). 583 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 584 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 585 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 586 * 587 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 588 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 589 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 590 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 591 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 592 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 593 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 594 * 595 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 596 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 597 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 598 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 599 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 600 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 601 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 602 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 603 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 604 * determined by the network interface. 605 * 606 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 607 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 608 * to the driver. 609 * 610 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 611 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 612 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 613 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 614 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 615 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 616 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 617 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 618 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 619 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 620 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 621 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 622 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 623 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 624 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 625 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 626 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 627 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 628 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 629 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 630 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if 631 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is 632 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user 633 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends 634 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. 635 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the 636 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE 637 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). 638 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 639 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 640 * a different BSS is desired. 641 * Background scan period can optionally be 642 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 643 * if not specified default background scan configuration 644 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 645 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 646 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 647 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 648 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 649 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 650 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 651 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 652 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 653 * well to remain backwards compatible. 654 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 655 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using 656 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an 657 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 658 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 659 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 660 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 661 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 662 * 663 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 664 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 665 * 666 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 667 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 668 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 669 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 670 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 671 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 672 * frequency for the operation. 673 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 674 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 675 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 676 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 677 * radio). 678 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 679 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 680 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 681 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 682 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 683 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 684 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 685 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 686 * uniquely identify the request. 687 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 688 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 689 * 690 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 691 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 692 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 693 * 694 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 695 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 696 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 697 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 698 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 699 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 700 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 701 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 702 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 703 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if 704 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which 705 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the 706 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it. 707 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 708 * backward compatibility 709 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 710 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 711 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 712 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 713 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 714 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 715 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 716 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 717 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 718 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 719 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 720 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 721 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 722 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 723 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 724 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 725 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 726 * is used during CSA period. 727 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 728 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 729 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 730 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 731 * wait time. 732 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 733 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 734 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 735 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 736 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 737 * the frame. 738 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 739 * backward compatibility. 740 * 741 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 742 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 743 * 744 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 745 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 746 * levels. 747 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 748 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 749 * reached. 750 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 751 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 752 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 753 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 754 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 755 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 756 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 757 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 758 * precedence when they are used. 759 * 760 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface. 761 * 762 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 763 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 764 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 765 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 766 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 767 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 768 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 769 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 770 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 771 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 772 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 773 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 774 * command, the feature is disabled. 775 * 776 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 777 * mesh config parameters may be given. 778 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 779 * network is determined by the network interface. 780 * 781 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 782 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 783 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 784 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 785 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 786 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 787 * 788 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 789 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 790 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 791 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 792 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 793 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 794 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 795 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 796 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 797 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 798 * depending on the authentication result. 799 * 800 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 801 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 802 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 803 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 804 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 805 * more background information, see 806 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 807 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 808 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 809 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 810 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 811 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 812 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 813 * 814 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 815 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 816 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 817 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 818 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 819 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 820 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 821 * 822 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 823 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 824 * 825 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 826 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 827 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 828 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 829 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 830 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 831 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 832 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 833 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 834 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 835 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 836 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 837 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 838 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 839 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 840 * 841 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 842 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 843 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 844 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 845 * is received. 846 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 847 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 848 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 849 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 850 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 851 * 852 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 853 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 854 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 855 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 856 * 857 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 858 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 859 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 860 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 861 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 862 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 863 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 864 * 865 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 866 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 867 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 868 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 869 * 870 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 871 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 872 * 873 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 874 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 875 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 876 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 877 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 878 * from the remote AP) is completed; 879 * 880 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 881 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 882 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 883 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 884 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 885 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 886 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 887 * interfaces to change channel as well. 888 * 889 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 890 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 891 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 892 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 893 * public action frame TX. 894 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 895 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 896 * 897 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 898 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 899 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 900 * is used for this. 901 * 902 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 903 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 904 * 905 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 906 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 907 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 908 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 909 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 910 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 911 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 912 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 913 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 914 * 915 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 916 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 917 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 918 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 919 * while operating on this channel. 920 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 921 * event. 922 * 923 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 924 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 925 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 926 * 927 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 928 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 929 * 930 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 931 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 932 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 933 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 934 * 935 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 936 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 937 * complete. 938 * 939 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 940 * return back to normal. 941 * 942 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 943 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 944 * 945 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 946 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 947 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 948 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 949 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 950 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 951 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 952 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 953 * switch is complete. 954 * 955 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 956 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 957 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 958 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 959 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 960 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 961 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 962 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 963 * 964 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 965 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 966 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 967 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 968 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 969 * 970 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 971 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 972 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 973 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 974 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 975 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 976 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 977 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 978 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 979 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 980 * fail even if the check was successful. 981 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 982 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 983 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 984 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 985 * 986 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 987 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 988 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 989 * 990 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 991 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 992 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 993 * network is determined by the network interface. 994 * 995 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 996 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 997 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 998 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 999 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 1000 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 1001 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 1002 * AP. 1003 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 1004 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 1005 * when this command completes. 1006 * 1007 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 1008 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 1009 * management. 1010 * 1011 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 1012 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 1013 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 1014 * 1015 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 1016 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 1017 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 1018 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 1019 * cluster. This command must have a valid 1020 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 1021 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 1022 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 1023 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 1024 * added. 1025 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 1026 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1027 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 1028 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 1029 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 1030 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 1031 * of the function upon success. 1032 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 1033 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 1034 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 1035 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 1036 * which just terminated. 1037 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 1038 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 1039 * the response to this command. 1040 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 1041 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 1042 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 1043 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 1044 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 1045 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 1046 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 1047 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 1048 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 1049 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 1050 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 1051 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 1052 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 1053 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 1054 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 1055 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 1056 * 1057 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 1058 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 1059 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 1060 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 1061 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 1062 * 1063 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1064 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1065 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1066 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1067 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1068 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1069 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1070 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was 1071 * completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload 1072 * should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with 1073 * %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT 1074 * should be indicated instead. 1075 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1076 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1077 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1078 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1079 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1080 * 802.11 headers. 1081 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1082 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1083 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1084 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1085 * 1086 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1087 * 1088 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1089 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1090 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1091 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1092 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1093 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1094 * 1095 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1096 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1097 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1098 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1099 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1100 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1101 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1102 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1103 * command interface. 1104 * 1105 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1106 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1107 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1108 * 1109 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1110 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1111 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1112 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1113 * 1114 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1115 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1116 * 1117 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1118 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1119 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1120 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1121 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1122 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1123 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in 1124 * the netlink extended ack message. 1125 * 1126 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1127 * 1128 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1129 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1130 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1131 * buffer size. 1132 * 1133 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1134 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1135 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1136 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1137 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1138 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1139 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1140 * 1141 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1142 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1143 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1144 * determining the width and type. 1145 * 1146 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1147 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1148 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1149 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1150 * 1151 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1152 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1153 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1154 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1155 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1156 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1157 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1158 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1159 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1160 * rate selection. 1161 * 1162 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1163 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1164 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1165 * 1166 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration 1167 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. 1168 * 1169 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon 1170 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was 1171 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon 1172 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 1173 * 1174 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control 1175 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. 1176 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 1177 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included 1178 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame. 1179 * 1180 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1181 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1182 */ 1183 enum nl80211_commands { 1184 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1185 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1186 1187 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1188 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1189 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1190 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1191 1192 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1193 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1194 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1195 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1196 1197 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1198 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1199 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1200 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1201 1202 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1203 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1204 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1205 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1206 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1207 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1208 1209 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1210 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1211 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1212 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1213 1214 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1215 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1216 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1217 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1218 1219 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1220 1221 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1222 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1223 1224 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1225 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1226 1227 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1228 1229 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1230 1231 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1232 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1233 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1234 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1235 1236 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1237 1238 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1239 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1240 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1241 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1242 1243 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1244 1245 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1246 1247 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1248 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1249 1250 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1251 1252 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1253 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1254 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1255 1256 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1257 1258 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1259 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1260 1261 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1262 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1263 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1264 1265 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1266 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1267 1268 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1269 1270 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1271 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1272 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1273 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1274 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1275 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1276 1277 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1278 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1279 1280 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1281 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1282 1283 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1284 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1285 1286 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1287 1288 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1289 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1290 1291 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1292 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1293 1294 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1295 1296 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1297 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1298 1299 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1300 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1301 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1302 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1303 1304 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1305 1306 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1307 1308 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1309 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1310 1311 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1312 1313 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1314 1315 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1316 1317 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1318 1319 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1320 1321 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1322 1323 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1324 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1325 1326 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1327 1328 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1329 1330 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1331 1332 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1333 1334 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1335 1336 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1337 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1338 1339 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1340 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1341 1342 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1343 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1344 1345 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1346 1347 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1348 1349 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1350 1351 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1352 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1353 1354 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1355 1356 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1357 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1358 1359 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1360 1361 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1362 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1363 1364 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1365 1366 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1367 1368 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1369 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1370 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1371 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1372 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1373 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1374 1375 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1376 1377 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1378 1379 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1380 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1381 1382 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1383 1384 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1385 1386 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1387 1388 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1389 1390 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1391 1392 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1393 1394 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1395 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1396 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1397 1398 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1399 1400 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1401 1402 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1403 1404 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, 1405 1406 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON, 1407 1408 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1409 1410 /* add new commands above here */ 1411 1412 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1413 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1414 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1415 }; 1416 1417 /* 1418 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1419 * here 1420 */ 1421 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1422 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1423 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1424 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1425 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1426 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1427 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1428 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1429 1430 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1431 1432 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1433 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1434 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1435 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1436 1437 /** 1438 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1439 * 1440 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1441 * 1442 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1443 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1444 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1445 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1446 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1447 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1448 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1449 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1450 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1451 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1452 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1453 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1454 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1455 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the 1456 * operating channel center frequency. 1457 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1458 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1459 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1460 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1461 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1462 * this attribute) 1463 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1464 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1465 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1466 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1467 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1468 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1469 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1470 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1471 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1472 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1473 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1474 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1475 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1476 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1477 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1478 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1479 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1480 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1481 * 1482 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1483 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1484 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1485 * 1486 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1487 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1488 * 1489 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1490 * 1491 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1492 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1493 * keys 1494 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1495 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1496 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1497 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1498 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1499 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1500 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1501 * default management key 1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1503 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1504 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1505 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1506 * 1507 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1508 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1510 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1511 * 1512 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1513 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1514 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1516 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1517 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1518 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1519 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1521 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to. 1522 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1523 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1524 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1525 * 1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1527 * consisting of a nested array. 1528 * 1529 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1530 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1531 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1532 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1533 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1534 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1535 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1536 * 1537 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1538 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1539 * 1540 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1541 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1542 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1543 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1544 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1545 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1546 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1547 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1548 * to a specific alpha2. 1549 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1550 * rules. 1551 * 1552 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1554 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1555 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1556 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1557 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1558 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1559 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1560 * 1561 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1562 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1563 * 1564 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1565 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1566 * of the interface mode. 1567 * 1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1569 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1570 * 1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1572 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1573 * 1574 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1575 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1576 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1577 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1578 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1579 * that can be added to a scan request 1580 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1581 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1582 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1583 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1584 * 1585 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1586 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1587 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1588 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1589 * 1590 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1591 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1592 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1593 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1594 * 1595 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1596 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1597 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1598 * 1599 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1600 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1601 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1602 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1603 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1604 * represented as a u32 1605 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1606 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1607 * 1608 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1609 * a u32 1610 * 1611 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1612 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1613 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1614 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1615 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1616 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1617 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1618 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1619 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1620 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1621 * 1622 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1623 * cipher suites 1624 * 1625 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1626 * for other networks on different channels 1627 * 1628 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1629 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1630 * 1631 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1632 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1633 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1634 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1635 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1636 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1637 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1638 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1639 * 1640 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1641 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1642 * 1643 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1644 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1645 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1646 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1647 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1648 * default in station mode. 1649 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1650 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1651 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1652 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1653 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1654 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1655 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1656 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1657 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1659 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1660 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1661 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1662 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1663 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1664 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1665 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1666 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth 1667 * frames are not forwared over the control port. 1668 * 1669 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1670 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1671 * 1672 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1673 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1674 * a local disconnect request. 1675 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1676 * event (u16) 1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1678 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1679 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1680 * 1681 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1682 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1683 * (an array of u32). 1684 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1685 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1686 * u32). 1687 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1688 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1689 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1690 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1691 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1692 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1693 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1694 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1695 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1696 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1697 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1698 * 1699 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1700 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1702 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1703 * 1704 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1705 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1706 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1707 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1708 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1709 * 1710 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1711 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1713 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1714 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1715 * 1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1717 * 1718 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1719 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1720 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1721 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1722 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1723 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1724 * completely from scratch. 1725 * 1726 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1727 * 1728 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1729 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1730 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1731 * 1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1733 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1734 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1735 * 1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1737 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1738 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1739 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1740 * 1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1742 * 1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1744 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1745 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1746 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1747 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1748 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1749 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1750 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1751 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1752 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1753 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and 1754 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT. 1755 * 1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1757 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1758 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1759 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1760 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1761 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1762 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1763 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1765 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1766 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1767 * 1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1769 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1770 * 1771 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1772 * 1773 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1774 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1775 * 1776 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1777 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1778 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1779 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1780 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1781 * 1782 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1783 * connected to this BSS. 1784 * 1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1786 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1788 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1789 * for non-automatic settings. 1790 * 1791 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1792 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1793 * 1794 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1795 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1796 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1797 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1798 * 1799 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1800 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1801 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1802 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1803 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1804 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1805 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1806 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1807 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1808 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1809 * 1810 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1811 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1812 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1813 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1814 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1815 * 1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1817 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1818 * 1819 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1820 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1821 * 1822 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1823 * 1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1825 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1826 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1827 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1828 * nl80211 capability flag. 1829 * 1830 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1831 * 1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1833 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1834 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1835 * 1836 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1837 * changed once the mesh is active. 1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1839 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1841 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1842 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1844 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1845 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1846 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1847 * 1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1849 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1850 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1851 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1852 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1853 * triggers. 1854 * 1855 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1856 * cycles, in msecs. 1857 * 1858 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1859 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1860 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1861 * pass-thru filter rules. 1862 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1863 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1864 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1865 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1866 * able to ignore them by itself. 1867 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1868 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1869 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1870 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1871 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1872 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 1873 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 1874 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 1875 * 1876 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 1877 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 1878 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 1879 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 1880 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 1881 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 1882 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 1883 * 1884 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 1885 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 1886 * 1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 1888 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 1889 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 1890 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1891 * 1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 1893 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 1894 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 1895 * 1896 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 1897 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 1898 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 1899 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 1900 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 1901 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 1902 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 1903 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 1904 * (Re)Association Request frames. 1905 * 1906 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 1907 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 1909 * as AP. 1910 * 1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 1912 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 1913 * 1914 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 1915 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 1916 * 1917 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 1918 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 1919 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 1920 * applications use this attribute. 1921 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 1922 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 1923 * 1924 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 1925 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 1926 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 1927 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 1928 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 1929 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 1930 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 1931 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 1932 * as a TDLS peer sta. 1933 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 1934 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 1935 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 1936 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 1937 * 1938 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 1939 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 1940 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 1941 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 1942 * 1943 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 1944 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 1945 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 1946 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 1947 * 1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 1949 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 1950 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 1951 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 1952 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 1953 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 1954 * 1955 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 1956 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 1957 * to be filled by the FW. 1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 1959 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers. 1960 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 1961 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 1962 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 1963 * The values that may be configured are: 1964 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 1965 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 1966 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 1967 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 1968 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 1969 * 1970 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 1971 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 1972 * to one DFS region. 1973 * 1974 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 1975 * up to 16 TIDs. 1976 * 1977 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 1978 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 1979 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 1980 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 1981 * capability to timeout the stations. 1982 * 1983 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 1984 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 1985 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1986 * 1987 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 1988 * or 0 to disable background scan. 1989 * 1990 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 1991 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 1992 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 1993 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 1994 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 1995 * 1996 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 1997 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 1998 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 1999 * 2000 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 2001 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 2002 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 2003 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 2004 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 2005 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 2006 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 2007 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 2008 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 2009 * consistent. 2010 * 2011 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 2012 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2013 * 2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 2015 * 2016 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 2017 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 2019 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 2020 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 2021 * no change is made. 2022 * 2023 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 2024 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 2025 * 2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 2027 * carried in a u32 attribute 2028 * 2029 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 2030 * MAC ACL. 2031 * 2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 2033 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 2034 * ACL. 2035 * 2036 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 2037 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 2038 * 2039 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2040 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 2041 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 2042 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2043 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 2044 * 2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 2046 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 2047 * 2048 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 2049 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 2050 * and PU-APSD. 2051 * 2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 2053 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 2054 * 2055 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 2056 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 2057 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 2058 * 2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 2060 * 2061 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 2062 * Element 2063 * 2064 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 2065 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 2066 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 2067 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 2068 * 2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 2070 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 2071 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 2072 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 2073 * 2074 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 2075 * 2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2077 * until the channel switch event. 2078 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 2079 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 2080 * operation). 2081 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 2082 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 2083 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2084 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 2085 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2086 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 2087 * 2088 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2089 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2090 * 2091 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2092 * 2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2094 * operating classes. 2095 * 2096 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2097 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2098 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2099 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2100 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2101 * IBSS network. 2102 * 2103 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2104 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2105 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2106 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2107 * 2108 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2109 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2110 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2111 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2112 * u8 attribute. 2113 * 2114 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2115 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2117 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2118 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2119 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2120 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2121 * 2122 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2123 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2124 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2125 * 2126 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2127 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2128 * 2129 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2130 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2131 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2132 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2133 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2134 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2135 * 2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2137 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2138 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2139 * supported number of csa counters. 2140 * 2141 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2142 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2143 * 2144 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2145 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2146 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2147 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2148 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2149 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2150 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2151 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2152 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2153 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2154 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2155 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2156 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2157 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2158 * multicast group. 2159 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2160 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2161 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2162 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2163 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2164 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2165 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2166 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2167 * 2168 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2169 * the TDLS link initiator. 2170 * 2171 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2172 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2173 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2174 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2175 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2176 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2177 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2178 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2179 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2180 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2181 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2182 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2183 * 2184 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2185 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2186 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2187 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2188 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2189 * 2190 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2191 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2192 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2193 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2194 * 2195 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2196 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2197 * 2198 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2199 * 2200 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2201 * 2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2203 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2204 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2205 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2206 * 2207 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2208 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2209 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2210 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2211 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2212 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2213 * 2214 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2215 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2216 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2217 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2218 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2219 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2220 * over all channels. 2221 * 2222 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2223 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2224 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2225 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2226 2227 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2228 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2229 * 2230 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2231 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2232 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2233 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2234 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2235 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2236 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2237 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2238 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2239 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2240 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2241 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2242 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2243 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2244 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2245 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2246 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2247 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2248 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2249 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2250 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2251 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2252 * 2253 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2254 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2255 * 2256 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2257 * 2258 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2259 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2260 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per 2261 * interface type. 2262 * 2263 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2264 * groupID for monitor mode. 2265 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2266 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2267 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2268 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2269 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2270 * each group. 2271 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2272 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2273 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2274 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2275 * groupID data. 2276 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2277 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2278 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2279 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2280 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2281 * 2282 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2283 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2284 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2285 * attribute must not be included). 2286 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2287 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2289 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2290 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2291 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2292 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2293 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2294 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2295 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2296 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2297 * 2298 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2299 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2300 * 2301 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2302 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2303 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2304 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2305 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2306 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2307 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2308 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2309 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2310 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2311 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2312 * the device will decide what to use. 2313 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2314 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2315 * attribute. 2316 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2317 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2318 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2319 * protection. 2320 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2321 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2322 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2323 * 2324 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2325 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2326 * 2327 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2328 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2329 * 2330 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2331 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2332 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2333 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2334 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2335 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2336 * unnecessary wakeups. 2337 * 2338 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2339 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2340 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2341 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2342 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2343 * 2344 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2345 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2346 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2347 * 2348 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2349 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2350 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2351 * 2352 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2353 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2354 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2355 * 2356 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2357 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2358 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2359 * 2360 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2361 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2362 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2363 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2364 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2365 * 2366 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2367 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2368 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2369 * 2370 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2371 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2372 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide 2373 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X 2374 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT 2375 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME 2376 * is included as well. 2377 * 2378 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2379 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2380 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2381 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2382 * 2383 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2384 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2385 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2386 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2387 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2388 * 2389 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2390 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2391 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2392 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2393 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2394 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2395 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2396 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2397 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. 2398 * 2399 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2400 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2401 * 2402 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2403 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2404 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2405 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2406 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the 2407 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2408 * enforced. 2409 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2410 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2411 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2412 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2413 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2414 * 2415 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2416 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2417 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2418 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2419 * 2420 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2421 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2422 * 2423 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2424 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2425 * invalid value. 2426 * 2427 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2428 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2429 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2430 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2431 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2432 * 2433 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2434 * scheduler. 2435 * 2436 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2437 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2438 * possible values. 2439 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2440 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2441 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2442 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2443 * or per-station. 2444 * 2445 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2446 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2447 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2448 * 2449 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2450 * 2451 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2452 * functionality. 2453 * 2454 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2455 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2456 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2457 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2458 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2459 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2460 * 2461 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key 2462 * (u16). 2463 * 2464 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. 2465 * 2466 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry 2467 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This 2468 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating 2469 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in 2470 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not 2471 * advertised for a specific interface type. 2472 * 2473 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a 2474 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; 2475 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- 2476 * attributes. 2477 * 2478 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control 2479 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. 2480 * 2481 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, 2482 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). 2483 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. 2484 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the 2485 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based 2486 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, 2487 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) 2488 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP 2489 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall 2490 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. 2491 * 2492 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in 2493 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME 2494 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional 2495 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the 2496 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) 2497 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime 2498 * has expired. 2499 * 2500 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA 2501 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If 2502 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, 2503 * disassociation is still forced. 2504 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the 2505 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there. 2506 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated 2507 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with 2508 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET. 2509 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the 2510 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1. 2511 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies 2512 * 2513 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from 2514 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). 2515 * 2516 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS 2517 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see 2518 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. 2519 * 2520 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure 2521 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see 2522 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. 2523 * 2524 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from 2525 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2526 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element 2527 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in 2528 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2529 * 2530 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2531 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2532 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2533 */ 2534 enum nl80211_attrs { 2535 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2536 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2537 2538 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2539 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2540 2541 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2542 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2543 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2544 2545 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2546 2547 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2548 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2549 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2550 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2551 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2552 2553 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2554 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2555 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2556 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2557 2558 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2559 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2560 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2561 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2562 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2563 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2564 2565 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2566 2567 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2568 2569 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2570 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2571 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2572 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2573 2574 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2575 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2576 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2577 2578 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2579 2580 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2581 2582 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2583 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2584 2585 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2586 2587 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2588 2589 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2590 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2591 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2592 2593 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2594 2595 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2596 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2597 2598 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2599 2600 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2601 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2602 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2603 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2604 2605 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2606 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2607 2608 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2609 2610 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2611 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2612 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2613 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2614 2615 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2616 2617 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2618 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2619 2620 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2621 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2622 2623 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2624 2625 2626 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2627 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2628 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2629 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2630 2631 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2632 2633 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2634 2635 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2636 2637 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2638 2639 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2640 2641 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2642 2643 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2644 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2645 2646 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2647 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2648 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2649 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2650 2651 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2652 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2653 2654 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2655 2656 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2657 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2658 2659 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2660 2661 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2662 2663 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2664 2665 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2666 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2667 2668 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2669 2670 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2671 2672 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2673 2674 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2675 2676 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2677 2678 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2679 2680 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2681 2682 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2683 2684 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2685 2686 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2687 2688 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2689 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2690 2691 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2692 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2693 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2694 2695 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2696 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2697 2698 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2699 2700 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2701 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2702 2703 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2704 2705 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2706 2707 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2708 2709 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2710 2711 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2712 2713 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2714 2715 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2716 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2717 2718 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2719 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2720 2721 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2722 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2723 2724 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2725 2726 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2727 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2728 2729 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2730 2731 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2732 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2733 2734 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2735 2736 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2737 2738 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2739 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2740 2741 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2742 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2743 2744 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2745 2746 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2747 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2748 2749 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2750 2751 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2752 2753 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2754 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2755 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2756 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2757 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2758 2759 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2760 2761 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2762 2763 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2764 2765 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2766 2767 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2768 2769 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2770 2771 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2772 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2773 2774 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 2775 2776 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 2777 2778 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 2779 2780 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 2781 2782 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 2783 2784 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 2785 2786 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 2787 2788 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 2789 2790 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 2791 2792 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 2793 2794 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 2795 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 2796 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 2797 2798 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 2799 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 2800 2801 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 2802 2803 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 2804 2805 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 2806 2807 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 2808 2809 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 2810 2811 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2812 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 2813 2814 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 2815 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 2816 2817 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 2818 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 2819 2820 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 2821 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2822 2823 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 2824 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 2825 2826 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 2827 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 2828 2829 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 2830 2831 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 2832 2833 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 2834 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 2835 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 2836 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON, 2837 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP, 2838 2839 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 2840 2841 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 2842 2843 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 2844 2845 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 2846 2847 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 2848 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 2849 2850 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 2851 2852 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 2853 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 2854 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 2855 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 2856 2857 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 2858 2859 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 2860 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 2861 2862 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 2863 2864 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 2865 2866 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 2867 2868 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 2869 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 2870 2871 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 2872 2873 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 2874 2875 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 2876 2877 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 2878 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 2879 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 2880 2881 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 2882 2883 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 2884 2885 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 2886 2887 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 2888 2889 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 2890 2891 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 2892 2893 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 2894 2895 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 2896 2897 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 2898 2899 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2900 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 2901 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 2902 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2903 2904 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 2905 2906 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 2907 2908 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 2909 2910 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 2911 2912 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 2913 2914 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 2915 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 2916 2917 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 2918 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 2919 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 2920 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 2921 2922 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 2923 2924 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 2925 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 2926 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 2927 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 2928 2929 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 2930 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 2931 2932 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 2933 2934 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 2935 2936 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 2937 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 2938 2939 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 2940 2941 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 2942 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 2943 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 2944 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 2945 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 2946 2947 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 2948 2949 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 2950 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 2951 2952 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 2953 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 2954 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 2955 2956 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 2957 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 2958 2959 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 2960 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 2961 2962 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 2963 2964 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 2965 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 2966 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 2967 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 2968 2969 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 2970 2971 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 2972 2973 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 2974 2975 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 2976 2977 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 2978 2979 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 2980 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2981 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 2982 2983 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 2984 2985 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 2986 2987 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 2988 2989 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 2990 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 2991 2992 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, 2993 2994 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, 2995 2996 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, 2997 2998 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, 2999 3000 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 3001 3002 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, 3003 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, 3004 3005 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST, 3006 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, 3007 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET, 3008 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 3009 3010 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY, 3011 3012 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY, 3013 3014 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 3015 3016 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY, 3017 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3018 3019 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 3020 3021 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3022 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3023 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3024 }; 3025 3026 /* source-level API compatibility */ 3027 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 3028 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 3029 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 3030 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 3031 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON 3032 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP 3033 3034 /* 3035 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 3036 * here 3037 */ 3038 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 3039 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 3040 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 3041 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 3042 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 3043 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 3044 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 3045 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 3046 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 3047 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 3048 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 3049 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 3050 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 3051 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 3052 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 3053 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 3054 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 3055 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 3056 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 3057 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 3058 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 3059 3060 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 3061 3062 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 3063 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 3064 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 3065 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 3066 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 3067 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 3068 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 3069 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 3070 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 3071 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 3072 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 3073 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 3074 3075 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 3076 3077 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 3078 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 3079 3080 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 3081 3082 /** 3083 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 3084 * 3085 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 3086 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 3087 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 3088 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 3089 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 3090 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 3091 * AP type interface. 3092 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 3093 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 3094 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 3095 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 3096 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 3097 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 3098 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 3099 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 3100 * commands to create and destroy one 3101 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 3102 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 3103 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 3104 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 3105 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 3106 * 3107 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 3108 * to set the type of an interface. 3109 * 3110 */ 3111 enum nl80211_iftype { 3112 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 3113 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 3114 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 3115 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 3116 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 3117 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 3118 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 3119 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 3120 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 3121 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 3122 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 3123 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 3124 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 3125 3126 /* keep last */ 3127 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 3128 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 3129 }; 3130 3131 /** 3132 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 3133 * 3134 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 3135 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 3136 * 3137 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3138 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 3139 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 3140 * with short barker preamble 3141 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 3142 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 3143 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 3144 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 3145 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 3146 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 3147 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 3148 * as errors.) 3149 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 3150 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 3151 * previously added station into associated state 3152 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 3153 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3154 */ 3155 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 3156 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 3157 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 3158 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3159 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 3160 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 3161 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 3162 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 3163 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 3164 3165 /* keep last */ 3166 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3167 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3168 }; 3169 3170 /** 3171 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 3172 * 3173 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 3174 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 3175 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 3176 */ 3177 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 3178 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 3179 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 3180 3181 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 3182 }; 3183 3184 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 3185 3186 /** 3187 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 3188 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 3189 * @set: which values to set them to 3190 * 3191 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 3192 */ 3193 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 3194 __u32 mask; 3195 __u32 set; 3196 } __attribute__((packed)); 3197 3198 /** 3199 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 3200 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3201 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3202 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3203 */ 3204 enum nl80211_he_gi { 3205 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3206 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3207 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3208 }; 3209 3210 /** 3211 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field 3212 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec 3213 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec 3214 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec 3215 */ 3216 enum nl80211_he_ltf { 3217 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF, 3218 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF, 3219 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF, 3220 }; 3221 3222 /** 3223 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 3224 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3225 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3226 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3227 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3228 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3229 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3230 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3231 */ 3232 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 3233 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 3234 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 3235 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 3236 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 3237 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 3238 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 3239 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3240 }; 3241 3242 /** 3243 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 3244 * 3245 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 3246 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3247 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 3248 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 3249 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 3250 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 3251 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 3252 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 3253 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 3254 * 3255 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3256 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 3257 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 3258 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 3259 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 3260 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 3261 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 3262 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 3263 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 3264 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 3265 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 3266 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 3267 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 3268 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 3269 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3270 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 3271 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 3272 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3273 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 3274 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 3275 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3276 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 3277 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 3278 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 3279 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 3280 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 3281 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3282 */ 3283 enum nl80211_rate_info { 3284 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 3285 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 3286 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 3287 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 3288 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 3289 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 3290 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 3291 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 3292 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3293 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3294 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 3295 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 3296 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 3297 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 3298 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 3299 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 3300 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 3301 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 3302 3303 /* keep last */ 3304 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3305 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3306 }; 3307 3308 /** 3309 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3310 * 3311 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3312 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3313 * 3314 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3315 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3316 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3317 * (flag) 3318 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3319 * (flag) 3320 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3321 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3322 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3323 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3324 */ 3325 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3326 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3327 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3328 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3329 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3330 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3331 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3332 3333 /* keep last */ 3334 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3335 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3336 }; 3337 3338 /** 3339 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3340 * 3341 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3342 * when getting information about a station. 3343 * 3344 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3345 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3346 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3347 * (u32, from this station) 3348 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3349 * (u32, to this station) 3350 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3351 * (u64, from this station) 3352 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3353 * (u64, to this station) 3354 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3355 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3356 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3357 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3358 * (u32, from this station) 3359 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3360 * (u32, to this station) 3361 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3362 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3363 * (u32, to this station) 3364 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3365 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3366 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3367 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3368 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3369 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3370 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3371 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 3372 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 3373 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 3374 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 3375 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 3376 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 3377 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 3378 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 3379 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 3380 * non-peer STA 3381 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 3382 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 3383 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 3384 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 3385 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 3386 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 3387 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 3388 * (u64) 3389 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 3390 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 3391 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 3392 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 3393 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 3394 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 3395 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 3396 * attributes carrying the actual values. 3397 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3398 * received from the station (u64, usec) 3399 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3400 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 3401 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 3402 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 3403 * (u32, from this station) 3404 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 3405 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 3406 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 3407 * might not be fully accurate. 3408 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 3409 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 3410 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3411 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 3412 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 3413 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 3414 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 3415 * of STA's association 3416 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a 3417 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1) 3418 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 3419 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 3420 */ 3421 enum nl80211_sta_info { 3422 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 3423 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 3424 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 3425 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 3426 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 3427 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 3428 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 3429 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 3430 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 3431 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 3432 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3433 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3434 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3435 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3436 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3437 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3438 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3439 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3440 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3441 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3442 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3443 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3444 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3445 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3446 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3447 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3448 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3449 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3450 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3451 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3452 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3453 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3454 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3455 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3456 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3457 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 3458 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 3459 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 3460 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 3461 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 3462 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3463 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 3464 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 3465 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 3466 3467 /* keep last */ 3468 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3469 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3470 }; 3471 3472 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 3473 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 3474 3475 3476 /** 3477 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3478 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3479 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3480 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3481 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3482 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 3483 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 3484 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 3485 * MSDUs (u64) 3486 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3487 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 3488 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 3489 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3490 */ 3491 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 3492 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 3493 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 3494 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 3495 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 3496 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 3497 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 3498 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 3499 3500 /* keep last */ 3501 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 3502 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 3503 }; 3504 3505 /** 3506 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 3507 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3508 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 3509 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 3510 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 3511 * backlogged 3512 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 3513 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 3514 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 3515 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 3516 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 3517 * (only for per-phy stats) 3518 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 3519 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 3520 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 3521 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 3522 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3523 */ 3524 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 3525 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 3526 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 3527 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 3528 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 3529 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 3530 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 3531 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 3532 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 3533 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 3534 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 3535 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 3536 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 3537 3538 /* keep last */ 3539 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 3540 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 3541 }; 3542 3543 /** 3544 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 3545 * 3546 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 3547 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 3548 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 3549 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 3550 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 3551 */ 3552 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 3553 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 3554 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 3555 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 3556 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 3557 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 3558 }; 3559 3560 /** 3561 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 3562 * 3563 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 3564 * information about a mesh path. 3565 * 3566 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3567 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 3568 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 3569 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 3570 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 3571 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 3572 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 3573 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 3574 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 3575 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 3576 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 3577 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 3578 * currently defined 3579 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3580 */ 3581 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 3582 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 3583 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 3584 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 3585 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3586 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3587 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 3588 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3589 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 3590 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 3591 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 3592 3593 /* keep last */ 3594 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3595 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3596 }; 3597 3598 /** 3599 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 3600 * 3601 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3602 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 3603 * for each interface type that supports the band data 3604 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 3605 * capabilities IE 3606 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 3607 * capabilities IE 3608 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 3609 * capabilities IE 3610 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 3611 * defined in HE capabilities IE 3612 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently 3613 * defined 3614 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16), 3615 * given for all 6 GHz band channels 3616 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3617 */ 3618 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 3619 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 3620 3621 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 3622 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 3623 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 3624 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 3625 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 3626 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA, 3627 3628 /* keep last */ 3629 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3630 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3631 }; 3632 3633 /** 3634 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 3635 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3636 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 3637 * an array of nested frequency attributes 3638 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 3639 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 3640 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3641 * defined in 802.11n 3642 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3643 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 3644 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 3645 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3646 * defined in 802.11ac 3647 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3648 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 3649 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 3650 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 3651 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 3652 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 3653 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 3654 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 3655 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 3656 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3657 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3658 */ 3659 enum nl80211_band_attr { 3660 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 3661 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 3662 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 3663 3664 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 3665 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 3666 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 3667 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 3668 3669 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 3670 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 3671 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 3672 3673 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3674 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3675 3676 /* keep last */ 3677 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3678 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3679 }; 3680 3681 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 3682 3683 /** 3684 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 3685 * 3686 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3687 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 3688 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 3689 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 3690 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 3691 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 3692 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 3693 */ 3694 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 3695 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 3696 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 3697 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 3698 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 3699 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 3700 3701 /* keep last */ 3702 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 3703 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 3704 }; 3705 3706 /** 3707 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 3708 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3709 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 3710 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 3711 * regulatory domain. 3712 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 3713 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 3714 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 3715 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 3716 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3717 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 3718 * (100 * dBm). 3719 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 3720 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 3721 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 3722 * this channel is in this DFS state. 3723 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 3724 * channel as the control channel 3725 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 3726 * channel as the control channel 3727 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 3728 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 3729 * this includes 80+80 channels 3730 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 3731 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 3732 * isn't possible 3733 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3734 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 3735 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 3736 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 3737 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 3738 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 3739 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 3740 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 3741 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 3742 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 3743 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 3744 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 3745 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 3746 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 3747 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 3748 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 3749 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 3750 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 3751 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 3752 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3753 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 3754 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3755 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 3756 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 3757 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 3758 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel 3759 * in current regulatory domain. 3760 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 3761 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed 3762 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3763 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed 3764 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3765 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed 3766 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3767 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed 3768 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3769 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed 3770 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3771 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 3772 * currently defined 3773 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3774 * 3775 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 3776 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 3777 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 3778 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 3779 */ 3780 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 3781 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 3782 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 3783 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 3784 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 3785 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 3786 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 3787 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 3788 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 3789 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 3790 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 3791 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 3792 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 3793 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 3794 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3795 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 3796 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 3797 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 3798 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 3799 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 3800 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE, 3801 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET, 3802 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ, 3803 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ, 3804 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ, 3805 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ, 3806 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ, 3807 3808 /* keep last */ 3809 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3810 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3811 }; 3812 3813 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 3814 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3815 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3816 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3817 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 3818 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3819 3820 /** 3821 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 3822 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3823 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 3824 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 3825 * in 2.4 GHz band. 3826 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 3827 * currently defined 3828 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3829 */ 3830 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 3831 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 3832 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 3833 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 3834 3835 /* keep last */ 3836 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3837 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3838 }; 3839 3840 /** 3841 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 3842 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 3843 * regulatory domain. 3844 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 3845 * regulatory domain. 3846 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 3847 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 3848 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 3849 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 3850 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 3851 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 3852 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 3853 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 3854 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 3855 */ 3856 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 3857 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 3858 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 3859 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 3860 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 3861 }; 3862 3863 /** 3864 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 3865 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 3866 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 3867 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 3868 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 3869 * domain. 3870 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 3871 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 3872 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 3873 * them to be applied. 3874 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 3875 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 3876 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 3877 * domain request to be processed. 3878 */ 3879 enum nl80211_reg_type { 3880 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 3881 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 3882 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 3883 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 3884 }; 3885 3886 /** 3887 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 3888 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3889 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 3890 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 3891 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 3892 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 3893 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 3894 * band edge. 3895 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 3896 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 3897 * band edge. 3898 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 3899 * frequency range, in KHz. 3900 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 3901 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 3902 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 3903 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 3904 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 3905 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3906 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 3907 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 3908 * currently defined 3909 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3910 */ 3911 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 3912 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 3913 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 3914 3915 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 3916 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 3917 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 3918 3919 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 3920 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 3921 3922 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3923 3924 /* keep last */ 3925 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3926 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3927 }; 3928 3929 /** 3930 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 3931 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3932 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 3933 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 3934 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 3935 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 3936 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 3937 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 3938 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 3939 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 3940 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 3941 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 3942 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 3943 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 3944 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 3945 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 3946 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 3947 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 3948 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 3949 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 3950 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 3951 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 3952 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the 3953 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in 3954 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a 3955 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one 3956 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the 3957 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated 3958 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such 3959 * attributes will be nested within this attribute. 3960 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 3961 * attribute number currently defined 3962 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3963 */ 3964 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 3965 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 3966 3967 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 3968 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 3969 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3970 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 3971 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 3972 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, 3973 3974 /* keep last */ 3975 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3976 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 3977 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3978 }; 3979 3980 /* only for backward compatibility */ 3981 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 3982 3983 /** 3984 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 3985 * 3986 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 3987 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 3988 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 3989 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 3990 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 3991 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 3992 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 3993 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 3994 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 3995 * beaconing. 3996 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 3997 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 3998 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 3999 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4000 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 4001 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 4002 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 4003 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 4004 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed 4005 */ 4006 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 4007 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 4008 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 4009 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 4010 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 4011 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 4012 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 4013 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 4014 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 4015 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 4016 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 4017 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 4018 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 4019 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 4020 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 4021 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 4022 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17, 4023 }; 4024 4025 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4026 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4027 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4028 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 4029 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 4030 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 4031 4032 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 4033 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 4034 4035 /** 4036 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 4037 * 4038 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 4039 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 4040 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 4041 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 4042 */ 4043 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 4044 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 4045 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 4046 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 4047 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 4048 }; 4049 4050 /** 4051 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 4052 * 4053 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 4054 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 4055 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 4056 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 4057 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 4058 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 4059 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 4060 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 4061 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 4062 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 4063 * supported feature. 4064 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 4065 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 4066 */ 4067 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 4068 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 4069 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 4070 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 4071 }; 4072 4073 /** 4074 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 4075 * 4076 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 4077 * when getting information about a survey. 4078 * 4079 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4080 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 4081 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 4082 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 4083 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 4084 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 4085 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 4086 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 4087 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 4088 * channel was sensed busy 4089 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4090 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 4091 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 4092 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 4093 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 4094 * (on this channel or globally) 4095 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4096 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4097 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 4098 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 4099 * currently defined 4100 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz 4101 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4102 */ 4103 enum nl80211_survey_info { 4104 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 4105 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 4106 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 4107 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 4108 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 4109 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 4110 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 4111 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 4112 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 4113 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 4114 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 4115 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 4116 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4117 4118 /* keep last */ 4119 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4120 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4121 }; 4122 4123 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 4124 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 4125 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 4126 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 4127 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 4128 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 4129 4130 /** 4131 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 4132 * 4133 * Monitor configuration flags. 4134 * 4135 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 4136 * 4137 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 4138 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 4139 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 4140 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 4141 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 4142 * overrides all other flags. 4143 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 4144 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 4145 * 4146 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4147 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 4148 */ 4149 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 4150 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 4151 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 4152 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 4153 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 4154 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 4155 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 4156 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 4157 4158 /* keep last */ 4159 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 4160 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 4161 }; 4162 4163 /** 4164 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 4165 * 4166 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 4167 * not known or has not been set yet. 4168 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 4169 * in Awake state all the time. 4170 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4171 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 4172 * neighbor's beacons. 4173 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4174 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 4175 * for neighbor's beacons. 4176 * 4177 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 4178 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 4179 */ 4180 4181 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 4182 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 4183 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 4184 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 4185 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 4186 4187 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 4188 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 4189 }; 4190 4191 /** 4192 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 4193 * 4194 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 4195 * active. 4196 * 4197 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 4198 * 4199 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 4200 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 4201 * 4202 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 4203 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 4204 * 4205 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 4206 * millisecond units 4207 * 4208 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 4209 * on this mesh interface 4210 * 4211 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 4212 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 4213 * mesh 4214 * 4215 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 4216 * point. 4217 * 4218 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 4219 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 4220 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 4221 * set. 4222 * 4223 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 4224 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 4225 * target) 4226 * 4227 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 4228 * (in milliseconds) 4229 * 4230 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 4231 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 4232 * 4233 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 4234 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 4235 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 4236 * 4237 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4238 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 4239 * reference element 4240 * 4241 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 4242 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 4243 * mesh 4244 * 4245 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 4246 * 4247 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 4248 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 4249 * 4250 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4251 * root announcements are transmitted. 4252 * 4253 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 4254 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 4255 * Announcement frames. 4256 * 4257 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4258 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 4259 * PERR element. 4260 * 4261 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 4262 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 4263 * 4264 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 4265 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 4266 * a peer link. 4267 * 4268 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 4269 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 4270 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 4271 * 4272 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 4273 * 4274 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 4275 * 4276 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 4277 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 4278 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 4279 * 4280 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4281 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 4282 * 4283 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 4284 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 4285 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 4286 * 4287 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 4288 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 4289 * 4290 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 4291 * 4292 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 4293 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 4294 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 4295 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 4296 * 4297 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 4298 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 4299 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 4300 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 4301 * 4302 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. 4303 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that 4304 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be 4305 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 4306 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 4307 * 4308 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA 4309 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 4310 * in the mesh formation field. 4311 * 4312 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4313 */ 4314 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 4315 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 4316 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 4317 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 4318 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 4319 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 4320 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 4321 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 4322 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 4323 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 4324 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 4325 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4326 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 4327 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 4328 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 4329 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 4330 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 4331 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 4332 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 4333 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 4334 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 4335 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 4336 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 4337 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 4338 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 4339 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 4340 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 4341 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 4342 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 4343 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 4344 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4345 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN, 4346 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 4347 4348 /* keep last */ 4349 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4350 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4351 }; 4352 4353 /** 4354 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 4355 * 4356 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 4357 * changed while the mesh is active. 4358 * 4359 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 4360 * 4361 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 4362 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 4363 * default HWMP. 4364 * 4365 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 4366 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 4367 * metric. 4368 * 4369 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 4370 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 4371 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 4372 * metrics in use. 4373 * 4374 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 4375 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 4376 * 4377 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 4378 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 4379 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 4380 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 4381 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 4382 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 4383 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 4384 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 4385 * userspace daemon. 4386 * 4387 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 4388 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 4389 * neighbor offset synchronization 4390 * 4391 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 4392 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 4393 * 4394 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 4395 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 4396 * Default is no authentication method required. 4397 * 4398 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 4399 * 4400 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 4401 */ 4402 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 4403 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 4404 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 4405 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 4406 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 4407 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 4408 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 4409 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 4410 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 4411 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 4412 4413 /* keep last */ 4414 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4415 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4416 }; 4417 4418 /** 4419 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 4420 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 4421 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 4422 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 4423 * disabled 4424 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 4425 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4426 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 4427 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4428 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 4429 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 4430 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 4431 */ 4432 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 4433 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 4434 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 4435 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 4436 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 4437 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 4438 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 4439 4440 /* keep last */ 4441 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4442 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4443 }; 4444 4445 enum nl80211_ac { 4446 NL80211_AC_VO, 4447 NL80211_AC_VI, 4448 NL80211_AC_BE, 4449 NL80211_AC_BK, 4450 NL80211_NUM_ACS 4451 }; 4452 4453 /* backward compat */ 4454 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 4455 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 4456 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 4457 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 4458 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 4459 4460 /** 4461 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 4462 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4463 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 4464 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4465 * below the control channel 4466 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4467 * above the control channel 4468 */ 4469 enum nl80211_channel_type { 4470 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 4471 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 4472 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 4473 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 4474 }; 4475 4476 /** 4477 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 4478 * 4479 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 4480 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 4481 * 4482 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 4483 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 4484 * 4485 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 4486 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 4487 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 4488 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 4489 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 4490 */ 4491 enum nl80211_key_mode { 4492 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 4493 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 4494 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 4495 }; 4496 4497 /** 4498 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 4499 * 4500 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 4501 * attribute. 4502 * 4503 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4504 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 4505 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4506 * attribute must be provided as well 4507 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4508 * attribute must be provided as well 4509 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4510 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 4511 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4512 * attribute must be provided as well 4513 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 4514 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 4515 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel 4516 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel 4517 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel 4518 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel 4519 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel 4520 */ 4521 enum nl80211_chan_width { 4522 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 4523 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4524 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 4525 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 4526 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 4527 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 4528 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4529 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4530 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 4531 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 4532 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4, 4533 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8, 4534 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16, 4535 }; 4536 4537 /** 4538 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 4539 * 4540 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 4541 * 4542 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 4543 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 4544 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 4545 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide 4546 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide 4547 */ 4548 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 4549 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4550 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4551 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4552 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 4553 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 4554 }; 4555 4556 /** 4557 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 4558 * 4559 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 4560 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 4561 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 4562 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 4563 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 4564 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 4565 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 4566 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 4567 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 4568 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 4569 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 4570 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 4571 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 4572 * they are from a Beacon frame. 4573 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 4574 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 4575 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 4576 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 4577 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 4578 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 4579 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 4580 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 4581 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 4582 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 4583 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 4584 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 4585 * yet been received 4586 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 4587 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 4588 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 4589 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 4590 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 4591 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 4592 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 4593 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 4594 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 4595 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4596 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 4597 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 4598 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 4599 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 4600 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 4601 * is set. 4602 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 4603 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 4604 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 4605 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 4606 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 4607 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 4608 */ 4609 enum nl80211_bss { 4610 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 4611 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 4612 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 4613 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 4614 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 4615 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 4616 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 4617 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 4618 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 4619 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 4620 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 4621 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 4622 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 4623 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 4624 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 4625 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 4626 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 4627 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 4628 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 4629 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4630 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4631 4632 /* keep last */ 4633 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 4634 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 4635 }; 4636 4637 /** 4638 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 4639 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 4640 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 4641 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 4642 * a given BSS. 4643 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 4644 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 4645 * 4646 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 4647 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 4648 */ 4649 enum nl80211_bss_status { 4650 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 4651 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 4652 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 4653 }; 4654 4655 /** 4656 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 4657 * 4658 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 4659 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 4660 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 4661 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 4662 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 4663 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 4664 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 4665 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 4666 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 4667 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 4668 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 4669 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 4670 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 4671 */ 4672 enum nl80211_auth_type { 4673 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 4674 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 4675 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 4676 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 4677 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 4678 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 4679 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 4680 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 4681 4682 /* keep last */ 4683 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 4684 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 4685 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 4686 }; 4687 4688 /** 4689 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 4690 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 4691 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 4692 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 4693 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 4694 */ 4695 enum nl80211_key_type { 4696 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 4697 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 4698 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 4699 4700 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 4701 }; 4702 4703 /** 4704 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 4705 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 4706 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 4707 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 4708 */ 4709 enum nl80211_mfp { 4710 NL80211_MFP_NO, 4711 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 4712 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 4713 }; 4714 4715 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 4716 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 4717 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 4718 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 4719 }; 4720 4721 /** 4722 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 4723 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 4724 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 4725 * unicast key 4726 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 4727 * multicast key 4728 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 4729 */ 4730 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 4731 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 4732 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 4733 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 4734 4735 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 4736 }; 4737 4738 /** 4739 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 4740 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 4741 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 4742 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 4743 * keys 4744 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 4745 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 4746 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 4747 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 4748 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 4749 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 4750 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 4751 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 4752 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 4753 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 4754 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 4755 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 4756 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 4757 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 4758 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 4759 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key 4760 * 4761 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 4762 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 4763 */ 4764 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 4765 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 4766 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 4767 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 4768 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 4769 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 4770 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 4771 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 4772 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 4773 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 4774 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 4775 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, 4776 4777 /* keep last */ 4778 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 4779 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 4780 }; 4781 4782 /** 4783 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 4784 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 4785 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4786 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 4787 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 4788 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 4789 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4790 * in an array of MCS numbers. 4791 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4792 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 4793 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 4794 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4795 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he 4796 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us. 4797 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF. 4798 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 4799 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 4800 */ 4801 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 4802 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 4803 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 4804 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 4805 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 4806 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 4807 NL80211_TXRATE_HE, 4808 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI, 4809 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF, 4810 4811 /* keep last */ 4812 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 4813 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 4814 }; 4815 4816 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 4817 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 4818 4819 /** 4820 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4821 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4822 */ 4823 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 4824 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 4825 }; 4826 4827 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8 4828 /** 4829 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4830 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4831 */ 4832 struct nl80211_txrate_he { 4833 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 4834 }; 4835 4836 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 4837 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 4838 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 4839 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 4840 }; 4841 4842 /** 4843 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 4844 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 4845 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 4846 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 4847 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 4848 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs 4849 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 4850 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 4851 */ 4852 enum nl80211_band { 4853 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 4854 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 4855 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 4856 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 4857 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ, 4858 4859 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 4860 }; 4861 4862 /** 4863 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 4864 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 4865 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 4866 */ 4867 enum nl80211_ps_state { 4868 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 4869 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 4870 }; 4871 4872 /** 4873 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 4874 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 4875 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 4876 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 4877 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 4878 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 4879 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 4880 * crosses any of the thresholds. 4881 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 4882 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 4883 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 4884 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 4885 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 4886 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 4887 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 4888 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 4889 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 4890 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 4891 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 4892 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 4893 * checked. 4894 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 4895 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 4896 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 4897 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 4898 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 4899 * loss event 4900 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 4901 * RSSI threshold event. 4902 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 4903 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 4904 */ 4905 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 4906 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 4907 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 4908 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 4909 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 4910 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 4911 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 4912 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 4913 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 4914 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4915 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 4916 4917 /* keep last */ 4918 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 4919 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 4920 }; 4921 4922 /** 4923 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 4924 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 4925 * configured threshold 4926 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 4927 * configured threshold 4928 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 4929 */ 4930 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 4931 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 4932 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 4933 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4934 }; 4935 4936 4937 /** 4938 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 4939 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 4940 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 4941 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 4942 */ 4943 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 4944 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 4945 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 4946 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 4947 }; 4948 4949 /** 4950 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state 4951 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID 4952 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID 4953 */ 4954 enum nl80211_tid_config { 4955 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, 4956 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, 4957 }; 4958 4959 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type 4960 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate 4961 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter 4962 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter 4963 */ 4964 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting { 4965 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC, 4966 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED, 4967 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED, 4968 }; 4969 4970 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. 4971 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values 4972 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported 4973 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic 4974 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). 4975 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but 4976 * per peer instead. 4977 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates 4978 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer 4979 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations 4980 * should be left untouched. 4981 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) 4982 * Its type is u16. 4983 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. 4984 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. 4985 * Its type is u8. 4986 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame 4987 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 4988 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and 4989 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 4990 * output in wiphy capabilities. 4991 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame 4992 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 4993 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and 4994 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 4995 * output in wiphy capabilities. 4996 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 4997 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 4998 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 4999 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs 5000 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using 5001 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5002 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 5003 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5004 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5005 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful 5006 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used 5007 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using 5008 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting. 5009 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied 5010 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES. 5011 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected 5012 * station. 5013 */ 5014 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { 5015 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 5016 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, 5017 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, 5018 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, 5019 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, 5020 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, 5021 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, 5022 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT, 5023 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG, 5024 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL, 5025 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL, 5026 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL, 5027 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE, 5028 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE, 5029 5030 /* keep last */ 5031 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5032 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5033 }; 5034 5035 /** 5036 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 5037 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5038 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 5039 * a zero bit are ignored 5040 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 5041 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 5042 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 5043 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 5044 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 5045 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 5046 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 5047 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 5048 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 5049 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 5050 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 5051 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 5052 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5053 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 5054 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 5055 */ 5056 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 5057 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 5058 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 5059 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 5060 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 5061 5062 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 5063 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 5064 }; 5065 5066 /** 5067 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 5068 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 5069 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 5070 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 5071 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5072 * 5073 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 5074 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 5075 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 5076 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 5077 * by the kernel to userspace. 5078 */ 5079 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 5080 __u32 max_patterns; 5081 __u32 min_pattern_len; 5082 __u32 max_pattern_len; 5083 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 5084 } __attribute__((packed)); 5085 5086 /* only for backward compatibility */ 5087 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 5088 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5089 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 5090 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 5091 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 5092 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 5093 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 5094 5095 /** 5096 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 5097 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5098 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 5099 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 5100 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 5101 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 5102 * any others are even supported by the device. 5103 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 5104 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 5105 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 5106 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 5107 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 5108 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 5109 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 5110 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 5111 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 5112 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 5113 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 5114 * 5115 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 5116 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 5117 * 5118 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 5119 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 5120 * to the kernel when configuring. 5121 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 5122 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 5123 * by the device (flag) 5124 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 5125 * done by the device) (flag) 5126 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 5127 * packet (flag) 5128 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 5129 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 5130 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 5131 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 5132 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 5133 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 5134 * attribute contains the original length. 5135 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 5136 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 5137 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5138 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 5139 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 5140 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 5141 * contains the original length. 5142 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 5143 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 5144 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5145 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 5146 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 5147 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 5148 * the TCP connection. 5149 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 5150 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 5151 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 5152 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 5153 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 5154 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 5155 * service 5156 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 5157 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 5158 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 5159 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 5160 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 5161 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 5162 * attribute is also sent in a response to 5163 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 5164 * supported by the driver (u32). 5165 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 5166 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 5167 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 5168 * that the information is not available. If more than one 5169 * element is present, it means that more than one match 5170 * occurred. 5171 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 5172 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 5173 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 5174 * these attributes must be present. If 5175 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 5176 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 5177 * channel. 5178 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 5179 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 5180 * 5181 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 5182 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 5183 */ 5184 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 5185 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 5186 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 5187 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 5188 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 5189 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 5190 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 5191 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 5192 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 5193 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 5194 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 5195 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 5196 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 5197 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 5198 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 5199 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 5200 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 5201 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 5202 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 5203 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 5204 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 5205 5206 /* keep last */ 5207 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 5208 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 5209 }; 5210 5211 /** 5212 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 5213 * 5214 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 5215 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 5216 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 5217 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 5218 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 5219 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 5220 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 5221 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 5222 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 5223 * 5224 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 5225 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 5226 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 5227 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 5228 * also woken up. 5229 * 5230 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 5231 * response packets might not go through correctly. 5232 */ 5233 5234 /** 5235 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 5236 * @start: starting value 5237 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 5238 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 5239 * 5240 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 5241 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 5242 * in little endian. 5243 */ 5244 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 5245 __u32 start, offset, len; 5246 }; 5247 5248 /** 5249 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 5250 * @offset: offset of token in packet 5251 * @len: length of each token 5252 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 5253 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 5254 */ 5255 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 5256 __u32 offset, len; 5257 __u8 token_stream[]; 5258 }; 5259 5260 /** 5261 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 5262 * @min_len: minimum token length 5263 * @max_len: maximum token length 5264 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 5265 */ 5266 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 5267 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 5268 }; 5269 5270 /** 5271 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 5272 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5273 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 5274 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 5275 * (in network byte order) 5276 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 5277 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 5278 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 5279 * might require ARP querying. 5280 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 5281 * socket and port will be allocated 5282 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 5283 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 5284 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5285 * of the data payload. 5286 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 5287 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 5288 * advertising it is just a flag 5289 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 5290 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 5291 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 5292 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 5293 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 5294 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 5295 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5296 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 5297 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5298 * but on the TCP payload only. 5299 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 5300 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 5301 */ 5302 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 5303 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 5304 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 5305 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 5306 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 5307 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 5308 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 5309 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 5310 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 5311 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 5312 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 5313 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 5314 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 5315 5316 /* keep last */ 5317 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 5318 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 5319 }; 5320 5321 /** 5322 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 5323 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 5324 * @pat: packet pattern support information 5325 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5326 * 5327 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 5328 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 5329 */ 5330 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 5331 __u32 max_rules; 5332 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 5333 __u32 max_delay; 5334 } __attribute__((packed)); 5335 5336 /** 5337 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 5338 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5339 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 5340 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 5341 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 5342 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 5343 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5344 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 5345 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 5346 */ 5347 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 5348 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 5349 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 5350 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 5351 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 5352 5353 /* keep last */ 5354 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 5355 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 5356 }; 5357 5358 /** 5359 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 5360 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 5361 * in a rule are matched. 5362 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 5363 * in a rule are not matched. 5364 */ 5365 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 5366 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 5367 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 5368 }; 5369 5370 /** 5371 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 5372 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5373 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 5374 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 5375 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 5376 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 5377 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 5378 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 5379 */ 5380 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 5381 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 5382 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 5383 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 5384 5385 /* keep last */ 5386 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 5387 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 5388 }; 5389 5390 /** 5391 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 5392 * 5393 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5394 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 5395 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 5396 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 5397 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 5398 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 5399 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 5400 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 5401 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 5402 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 5403 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 5404 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 5405 * different channels may be used within this group. 5406 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5407 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 5408 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5409 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 5410 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 5411 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 5412 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 5413 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 5414 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 5415 * 5416 * Examples: 5417 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 5418 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 5419 * 5420 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 5421 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 5422 * 5423 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 5424 * => allows two STAs on different channels 5425 * 5426 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 5427 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 5428 * 5429 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 5430 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 5431 * that any of these groups must match. 5432 * 5433 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 5434 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 5435 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 5436 * interface type, the following group always exists: 5437 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 5438 */ 5439 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 5440 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 5441 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 5442 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 5443 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 5444 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 5445 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 5446 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 5447 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 5448 5449 /* keep last */ 5450 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 5451 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 5452 }; 5453 5454 5455 /** 5456 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 5457 * 5458 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 5459 * state of non existent mesh peer links 5460 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 5461 * this mesh peer 5462 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 5463 * from this mesh peer 5464 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 5465 * received from this mesh peer 5466 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 5467 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 5468 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 5469 * plink are discarded 5470 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 5471 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 5472 */ 5473 enum nl80211_plink_state { 5474 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 5475 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 5476 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 5477 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 5478 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 5479 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 5480 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 5481 5482 /* keep last */ 5483 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 5484 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 5485 }; 5486 5487 /** 5488 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 5489 * 5490 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 5491 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 5492 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 5493 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 5494 */ 5495 enum plink_actions { 5496 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 5497 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 5498 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 5499 5500 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 5501 }; 5502 5503 5504 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 5505 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 5506 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24 5507 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32 5508 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 5509 5510 /** 5511 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 5512 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5513 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 5514 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 5515 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 5516 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type) 5517 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 5518 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 5519 */ 5520 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 5521 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 5522 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 5523 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 5524 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 5525 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM, 5526 5527 /* keep last */ 5528 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 5529 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 5530 }; 5531 5532 /** 5533 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 5534 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 5535 * Beacon frames) 5536 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 5537 * in Beacon frames 5538 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 5539 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 5540 */ 5541 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 5542 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 5543 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 5544 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 5545 }; 5546 5547 /** 5548 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 5549 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5550 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 5551 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 5552 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 5553 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 5554 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 5555 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 5556 */ 5557 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 5558 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 5559 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 5560 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 5561 5562 /* keep last */ 5563 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 5564 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 5565 }; 5566 5567 /** 5568 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 5569 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5570 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 5571 * priority) 5572 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 5573 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 5574 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 5575 * (internal) 5576 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 5577 * (internal) 5578 */ 5579 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 5580 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 5581 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 5582 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 5583 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 5584 5585 /* keep last */ 5586 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 5587 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 5588 }; 5589 5590 /** 5591 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 5592 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 5593 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 5594 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 5595 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 5596 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 5597 */ 5598 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 5599 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 5600 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 5601 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 5602 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 5603 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 5604 }; 5605 5606 /* 5607 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 5608 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in 5609 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet. 5610 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 5611 }; 5612 */ 5613 5614 /** 5615 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 5616 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 5617 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 5618 * socket option. 5619 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 5620 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 5621 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 5622 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 5623 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from 5624 * cellular base stations. 5625 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 5626 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 5627 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 5628 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 5629 * mode 5630 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 5631 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 5632 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 5633 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 5634 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 5635 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 5636 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 5637 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 5638 * setting 5639 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 5640 * powersave 5641 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 5642 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 5643 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 5644 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 5645 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 5646 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 5647 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 5648 * states using station flags. 5649 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 5650 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 5651 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 5652 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 5653 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 5654 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 5655 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 5656 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 5657 * still generated by the driver. 5658 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 5659 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 5660 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 5661 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 5662 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 5663 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 5664 * lifetime of a BSS. 5665 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 5666 * Set IE to probe requests. 5667 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 5668 * to probe requests. 5669 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 5670 * requests sent to it by an AP. 5671 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 5672 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 5673 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 5674 * Measurement Report action frame. 5675 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 5676 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 5677 * to enable dynack. 5678 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 5679 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5680 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 5681 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 5682 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5683 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 5684 * rts/cts handshake. 5685 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 5686 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 5687 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 5688 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 5689 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 5690 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 5691 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 5692 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 5693 * operating as a TDLS peer. 5694 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5695 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 5696 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 5697 * address mask/value will be used. 5698 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 5699 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 5700 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5701 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5702 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5703 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 5704 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5705 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5706 */ 5707 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 5708 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 5709 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 5710 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 5711 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 5712 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 5713 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 5714 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 5715 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 5716 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 5717 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 5718 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 5719 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 5720 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 5721 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 5722 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 5723 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 5724 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 5725 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 5726 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 5727 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 5728 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 5729 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 5730 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 5731 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 5732 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 5733 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 5734 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 5735 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 5736 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 5737 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 5738 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 5739 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 5740 }; 5741 5742 /** 5743 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 5744 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 5745 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 5746 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 5747 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 5748 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 5749 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 5750 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 5751 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 5752 * certain groups which can be configured by the 5753 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 5754 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 5755 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 5756 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 5757 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 5758 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5759 * (if available). 5760 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 5761 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 5762 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5763 * (if available). 5764 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 5765 * channel dwell time. 5766 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 5767 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 5768 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 5769 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 5770 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 5771 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 5772 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 5773 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 5774 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 5775 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 5776 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 5777 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 5778 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 5779 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 5780 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 5781 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 5782 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 5783 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 5784 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 5785 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 5786 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 5787 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 5788 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 5789 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 5790 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 5791 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 5792 * be supported. 5793 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 5794 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 5795 * actual dwell time. 5796 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 5797 * response 5798 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 5799 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 5800 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 5801 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 5802 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 5803 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 5804 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 5805 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 5806 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 5807 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 5808 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 5809 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 5810 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 5811 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 5812 * "radar detected" event. 5813 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 5814 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 5815 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 5816 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 5817 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 5818 * TXQs. 5819 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 5820 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 5821 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 5822 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 5823 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 5824 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 5825 * timing measurement responder role. 5826 * 5827 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 5828 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 5829 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 5830 * freeze the connection. 5831 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 5832 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 5833 * 5834 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 5835 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 5836 * scheduling. 5837 * 5838 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 5839 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 5840 * 5841 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports 5842 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds. 5843 * 5844 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 5845 * to a station. 5846 * 5847 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 5848 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 5849 * 5850 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev 5851 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using 5852 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. 5853 * 5854 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) 5855 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission 5856 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. 5857 * 5858 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection 5859 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. 5860 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon 5861 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons. 5862 * 5863 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the 5864 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then 5865 * handled as ordinary data frames. 5866 * 5867 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames 5868 * 5869 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations 5870 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state. 5871 * 5872 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations 5873 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly. 5874 * 5875 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and 5876 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to 5877 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be 5878 * included in the scan request. 5879 * 5880 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver 5881 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations. 5882 * 5883 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating 5884 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes. 5885 * 5886 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 5887 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP 5888 * command). 5889 * 5890 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication 5891 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command). 5892 * 5893 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery 5894 * frames transmission 5895 * 5896 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports 5897 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission 5898 * 5899 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 5900 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 5901 */ 5902 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 5903 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 5904 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 5905 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 5906 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 5907 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5908 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 5909 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 5910 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 5911 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 5912 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 5913 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 5914 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 5915 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 5916 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 5917 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 5918 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 5919 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 5920 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 5921 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 5922 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 5923 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 5924 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5925 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 5926 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 5927 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 5928 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 5929 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 5930 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5931 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 5932 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5933 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 5934 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 5935 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 5936 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 5937 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 5938 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 5939 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 5940 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, 5941 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 5942 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 5943 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 5944 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, 5945 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, 5946 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, 5947 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 5948 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT, 5949 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA, 5950 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS, 5951 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT, 5952 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 5953 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS, 5954 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION, 5955 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK, 5956 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP, 5957 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY, 5958 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 5959 5960 /* add new features before the definition below */ 5961 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 5962 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 5963 }; 5964 5965 /** 5966 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 5967 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 5968 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 5969 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 5970 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 5971 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 5972 * to the host. 5973 * 5974 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 5975 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 5976 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 5977 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 5978 */ 5979 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 5980 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 5981 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 5982 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 5983 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 5984 }; 5985 5986 /** 5987 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 5988 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 5989 * handled by the AP is reached. 5990 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 5991 */ 5992 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 5993 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 5994 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 5995 }; 5996 5997 /** 5998 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 5999 * 6000 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 6001 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 6002 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 6003 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 6004 */ 6005 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 6006 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 6007 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 6008 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 6009 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 6010 }; 6011 6012 /** 6013 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 6014 * 6015 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 6016 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 6017 * requests. 6018 * 6019 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 6020 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 6021 * one of them can be used in the request. 6022 * 6023 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 6024 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 6025 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 6026 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 6027 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 6028 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 6029 * when really needed 6030 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 6031 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 6032 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 6033 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 6034 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 6035 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 6036 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 6037 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 6038 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 6039 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 6040 * request parameters IE in the probe request 6041 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 6042 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 6043 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 6044 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 6045 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 6046 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 6047 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 6048 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 6049 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 6050 * SSID and/or RSSI. 6051 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 6052 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 6053 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 6054 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 6055 * impacted with this flag. 6056 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 6057 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 6058 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 6059 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 6060 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 6061 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 6062 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 6063 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 6064 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 6065 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 6066 * possible. 6067 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 6068 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 6069 * added by userspace explicitly.) 6070 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with 6071 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means 6072 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included. 6073 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by 6074 * 2.4/5 GHz APs 6075 */ 6076 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 6077 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 6078 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 6079 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 6080 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 6081 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 6082 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 6083 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 6084 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 6085 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 6086 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 6087 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 6088 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 6089 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 6090 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13, 6091 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14, 6092 }; 6093 6094 /** 6095 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 6096 * 6097 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 6098 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 6099 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 6100 * 6101 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 6102 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 6103 * in ACL to authenticate. 6104 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 6105 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 6106 */ 6107 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 6108 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 6109 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 6110 }; 6111 6112 /** 6113 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 6114 * 6115 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 6116 * 6117 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 6118 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 6119 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 6120 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 6121 */ 6122 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 6123 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 6124 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 6125 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 6126 6127 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 6128 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6129 }; 6130 6131 /** 6132 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 6133 * 6134 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 6135 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 6136 * 6137 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 6138 * now unusable. 6139 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 6140 * the channel is now available. 6141 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 6142 * change to the channel status. 6143 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 6144 * over, channel becomes usable. 6145 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 6146 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 6147 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 6148 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 6149 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 6150 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 6151 */ 6152 enum nl80211_radar_event { 6153 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 6154 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 6155 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 6156 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 6157 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 6158 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 6159 }; 6160 6161 /** 6162 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 6163 * 6164 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 6165 * 6166 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 6167 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 6168 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 6169 * is therefore marked as not available. 6170 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 6171 */ 6172 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 6173 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 6174 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 6175 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 6176 }; 6177 6178 /** 6179 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 6180 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 6181 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 6182 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 6183 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 6184 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 6185 */ 6186 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 6187 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 6188 }; 6189 6190 /** 6191 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 6192 * 6193 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 6194 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 6195 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 6196 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 6197 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 6198 */ 6199 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 6200 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 6201 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 6202 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 6203 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 6204 /* add other protocols before this one */ 6205 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 6206 }; 6207 6208 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 6209 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 6210 6211 /** 6212 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 6213 * 6214 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 6215 * 6216 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 6217 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 6218 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 6219 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 6220 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 6221 */ 6222 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 6223 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 6224 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 6225 }; 6226 6227 /* 6228 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 6229 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 6230 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 6231 */ 6232 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 6233 6234 /** 6235 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 6236 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 6237 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 6238 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 6239 * added to this file when needed. 6240 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 6241 */ 6242 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 6243 __u32 vendor_id; 6244 __u32 subcmd; 6245 }; 6246 6247 /** 6248 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 6249 * 6250 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 6251 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 6252 * 6253 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 6254 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 6255 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 6256 */ 6257 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 6258 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 6259 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 6260 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 6261 }; 6262 6263 /** 6264 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 6265 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6266 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 6267 * seconds (u32). 6268 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 6269 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 6270 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 6271 * make the scan plan meaningless. 6272 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 6273 * currently defined 6274 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 6275 */ 6276 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 6277 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 6278 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 6279 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 6280 6281 /* keep last */ 6282 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 6283 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 6284 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 6285 }; 6286 6287 /** 6288 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 6289 * 6290 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 6291 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 6292 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 6293 */ 6294 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 6295 __u8 band; 6296 __s8 delta; 6297 } __attribute__((packed)); 6298 6299 /** 6300 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 6301 * 6302 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 6303 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 6304 * is requested. 6305 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 6306 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 6307 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 6308 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 6309 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 6310 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 6311 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 6312 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 6313 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 6314 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 6315 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 6316 * 6317 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 6318 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 6319 * which the driver shall use. 6320 */ 6321 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 6322 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 6323 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 6324 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 6325 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 6326 6327 /* keep last */ 6328 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 6329 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 6330 }; 6331 6332 /** 6333 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 6334 * 6335 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 6336 * 6337 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 6338 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 6339 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 6340 */ 6341 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 6342 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 6343 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 6344 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 6345 6346 /* keep last */ 6347 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 6348 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 6349 }; 6350 6351 /** 6352 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 6353 * 6354 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 6355 * 6356 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 6357 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 6358 */ 6359 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 6360 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 6361 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 6362 }; 6363 6364 /** 6365 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 6366 * 6367 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 6368 * 6369 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 6370 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 6371 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 6372 */ 6373 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 6374 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 6375 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 6376 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 6377 }; 6378 6379 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 6380 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 6381 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 6382 6383 /** 6384 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 6385 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 6386 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 6387 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 6388 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 6389 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 6390 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 6391 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 6392 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 6393 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 6394 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 6395 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 6396 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 6397 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 6398 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 6399 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 6400 * is follow up. This is a u8. 6401 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 6402 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 6403 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 6404 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 6405 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 6406 * This is a flag. 6407 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 6408 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 6409 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 6410 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 6411 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 6412 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 6413 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 6414 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6415 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 6416 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6417 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 6418 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 6419 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 6420 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 6421 * 6422 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 6423 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 6424 */ 6425 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 6426 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 6427 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 6428 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 6429 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 6430 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 6431 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 6432 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 6433 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 6434 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 6435 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 6436 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 6437 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 6438 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 6439 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 6440 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 6441 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 6442 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 6443 6444 /* keep last */ 6445 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 6446 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 6447 }; 6448 6449 /** 6450 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 6451 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 6452 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 6453 * This is a flag. 6454 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 6455 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 6456 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 6457 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 6458 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 6459 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 6460 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 6461 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 6462 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 6463 */ 6464 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 6465 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 6466 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 6467 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 6468 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 6469 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 6470 6471 /* keep last */ 6472 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 6473 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 6474 }; 6475 6476 /** 6477 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 6478 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 6479 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 6480 * match. This is a nested attribute. 6481 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6482 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 6483 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 6484 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6485 * 6486 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 6487 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 6488 */ 6489 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 6490 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 6491 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 6492 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 6493 6494 /* keep last */ 6495 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 6496 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 6497 }; 6498 6499 /** 6500 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 6501 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 6502 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 6503 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 6504 */ 6505 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 6506 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 6507 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 6508 }; 6509 6510 /** 6511 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 6512 * responder attributes 6513 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6514 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 6515 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 6516 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 6517 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6518 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element 6519 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 6520 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6521 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6522 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 6523 */ 6524 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 6525 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6526 6527 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 6528 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6529 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6530 6531 /* keep last */ 6532 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 6533 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6534 }; 6535 6536 /* 6537 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 6538 * 6539 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 6540 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 6541 * 6542 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6543 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 6544 * were ssfully answered (u32) 6545 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 6546 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 6547 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 6548 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 6549 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 6550 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 6551 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 6552 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 6553 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 6554 * phase with the responder (u32) 6555 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 6556 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 6557 * FTM slot (u32) 6558 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 6559 * scheduled window (u32) 6560 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 6561 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 6562 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 6563 */ 6564 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 6565 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 6566 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 6567 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 6568 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 6569 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 6570 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 6571 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 6572 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6573 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 6574 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6575 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 6576 6577 /* keep last */ 6578 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 6579 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6580 }; 6581 6582 /** 6583 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 6584 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 6585 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 6586 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 6587 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 6588 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble 6589 */ 6590 enum nl80211_preamble { 6591 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 6592 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 6593 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 6594 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 6595 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE, 6596 }; 6597 6598 /** 6599 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 6600 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 6601 * these numbers also for attributes 6602 * 6603 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 6604 * 6605 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 6606 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 6607 */ 6608 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 6609 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 6610 6611 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 6612 6613 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 6614 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 6615 }; 6616 6617 /** 6618 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 6619 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 6620 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 6621 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 6622 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 6623 * reason may be available in the response data 6624 */ 6625 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 6626 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 6627 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 6628 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 6629 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 6630 }; 6631 6632 /** 6633 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 6634 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6635 * 6636 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6637 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 6638 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 6639 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 6640 * (flag attribute) 6641 * 6642 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 6643 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6644 */ 6645 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 6646 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6647 6648 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 6649 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 6650 6651 /* keep last */ 6652 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 6653 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 6654 }; 6655 6656 /** 6657 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 6658 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6659 * 6660 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6661 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 6662 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 6663 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 6664 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 6665 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 6666 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 6667 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 6668 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 6669 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 6670 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 6671 * (u64, usec) 6672 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 6673 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 6674 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 6675 * result. 6676 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 6677 * 6678 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 6679 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6680 */ 6681 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 6682 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6683 6684 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 6685 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 6686 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 6687 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 6688 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 6689 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6690 6691 /* keep last */ 6692 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 6693 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 6694 }; 6695 6696 /** 6697 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 6698 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6699 * 6700 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 6701 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 6702 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 6703 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6704 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6705 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 6706 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6707 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6708 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 6709 * 6710 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 6711 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6712 */ 6713 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 6714 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 6715 6716 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 6717 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 6718 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 6719 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 6720 6721 /* keep last */ 6722 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 6723 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 6724 }; 6725 6726 /** 6727 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 6728 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6729 * 6730 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 6731 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 6732 * measurements can be done with in a single request 6733 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 6734 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 6735 * measurement results 6736 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 6737 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 6738 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 6739 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 6740 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 6741 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 6742 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 6743 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 6744 * sub-attributes taken from 6745 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 6746 * 6747 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 6748 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6749 */ 6750 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 6751 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 6752 6753 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 6754 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 6755 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 6756 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 6757 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 6758 6759 /* keep last */ 6760 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 6761 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 6762 }; 6763 6764 /** 6765 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 6766 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6767 * 6768 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 6769 * is supported 6770 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 6771 * mode is supported 6772 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 6773 * data can be requested during the measurement 6774 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 6775 * location data can be requested during the measurement 6776 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 6777 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 6778 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 6779 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 6780 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 6781 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 6782 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 6783 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 6784 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 6785 * is valid) 6786 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 6787 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 6788 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if 6789 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6790 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating 6791 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6792 * 6793 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 6794 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6795 */ 6796 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 6797 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 6798 6799 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 6800 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 6801 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 6802 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 6803 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 6804 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 6805 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 6806 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6807 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 6808 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 6809 6810 /* keep last */ 6811 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 6812 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 6813 }; 6814 6815 /** 6816 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 6817 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6818 * 6819 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 6820 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 6821 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 6822 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 6823 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 6824 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6825 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 6826 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 6827 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 6828 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 6829 * default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6830 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 6831 * requested per burst 6832 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 6833 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 6834 * (u8, default 3) 6835 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 6836 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 6837 * (flag) 6838 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging 6839 * measurement (flag). 6840 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are 6841 * mutually exclusive. 6842 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 6843 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 6844 * ranging will be used. 6845 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based 6846 * ranging measurement (flag) 6847 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are 6848 * mutually exclusive. 6849 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 6850 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 6851 * ranging will be used. 6852 * 6853 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 6854 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6855 */ 6856 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 6857 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6858 6859 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 6860 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 6861 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6862 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 6863 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6864 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6865 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 6866 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 6867 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 6868 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 6869 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 6870 6871 /* keep last */ 6872 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 6873 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 6874 }; 6875 6876 /** 6877 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 6878 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 6879 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 6880 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 6881 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 6882 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 6883 * try and get no response) 6884 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 6885 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 6886 * received 6887 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 6888 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 6889 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 6890 * by the peer and are no longer supported 6891 */ 6892 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 6893 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 6894 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 6895 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 6896 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 6897 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 6898 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 6899 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 6900 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 6901 }; 6902 6903 /** 6904 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 6905 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6906 * 6907 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 6908 * (u32, optional) 6909 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 6910 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 6911 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 6912 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 6913 * transmitted (u32, optional) 6914 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 6915 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional) 6916 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 6917 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 6918 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 6919 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6920 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 6921 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 6922 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 6923 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6924 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 6925 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6926 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 6927 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6928 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 6929 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 6930 * attributes) 6931 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 6932 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 6933 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 6934 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6935 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 6936 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6937 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 6938 * optional) 6939 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 6940 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6941 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 6942 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6943 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 6944 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 6945 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6946 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6947 * Type 8. 6948 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 6949 * (binary, optional); 6950 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6951 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6952 * Type 11. 6953 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 6954 * 6955 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 6956 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6957 */ 6958 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 6959 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6960 6961 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 6962 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 6963 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 6964 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 6965 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 6966 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6967 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6968 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6969 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 6970 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 6971 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 6972 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 6973 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 6974 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 6975 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 6976 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 6977 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 6978 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 6979 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6980 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6981 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6982 6983 /* keep last */ 6984 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 6985 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 6986 }; 6987 6988 /** 6989 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 6990 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6991 * 6992 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 6993 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 6994 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum 6995 * tx power offset. 6996 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color 6997 * values used by members of the SRG. 6998 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial 6999 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG. 7000 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element. 7001 * 7002 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7003 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 7004 */ 7005 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 7006 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 7007 7008 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 7009 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 7010 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET, 7011 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 7012 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP, 7013 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL, 7014 7015 /* keep last */ 7016 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 7017 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7018 }; 7019 7020 /** 7021 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes 7022 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7023 * 7024 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. 7025 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. 7026 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. 7027 * 7028 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7029 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. 7030 */ 7031 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { 7032 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, 7033 7034 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, 7035 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, 7036 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, 7037 7038 /* keep last */ 7039 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, 7040 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7041 }; 7042 7043 /** 7044 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes 7045 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7046 * 7047 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag 7048 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in 7049 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES 7050 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported 7051 * AKM suites for the specified interface types. 7052 * 7053 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7054 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. 7055 */ 7056 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes { 7057 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID, 7058 7059 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES, 7060 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES, 7061 7062 /* keep last */ 7063 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST, 7064 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7065 }; 7066 7067 /** 7068 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration 7069 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 7070 * 7071 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7072 * 7073 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU). 7074 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 7075 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 7076 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 7077 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action 7078 * frame including the headers. 7079 * 7080 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7081 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7082 */ 7083 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes { 7084 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID, 7085 7086 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN, 7087 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX, 7088 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL, 7089 7090 /* keep last */ 7091 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST, 7092 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1 7093 }; 7094 7095 /* 7096 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and 7097 * mandatory fields. 7098 */ 7099 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42 7100 7101 /** 7102 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe 7103 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz. 7104 * 7105 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7106 * 7107 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 7108 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 7109 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). 7110 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response 7111 * frame template (binary). 7112 * 7113 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7114 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7115 */ 7116 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes { 7117 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7118 7119 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT, 7120 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL, 7121 7122 /* keep last */ 7123 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 7124 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX = 7125 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1 7126 }; 7127 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 7128
